LQ Mississauga
Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
1 Parts of Speech 9 ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ 17 The Relative Pronoun (ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬)
2 Arabic Alphabets 10 Preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive case ( ) 18 The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
Topics
1
ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬
3 Arabic Vowel Signs 11 Detached Pronoun ( ) 19 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
4 Indefinite vs. Definite 12 20 ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
5 This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) 13 Gender Introduction 21 Plural (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬)
6 Solar vs. Lunar Letters 14 Substitute (ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬) 22 Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬)
7 Noun Endings 15 Adverb ( ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) 23 The Diptote ( ِ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬)
8 Nominal Sentence Intro 16 Adjective ( ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬) 24 Types of predicate (ِ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬)
Revision History
Date Ver Author Revision Comments
Nov. 23, 2012 1 Zahid Naeem Consolidated Part 1 thru 5 as one set
Dec. 17, 2012 2 Zahid Naeem Added some more pages for past tense verb
Feb. 2, 2013 3 Zahid Naeem Modified some pages for plurals
Mar. 21, 2013 4 Zahid Naeem Added some pages for irrational plurals
Apr. 25, 2013 5 Zahid Naeem Added some pages for diptotes
Nov. 3, 2013 6 Zahid Naeem Modified the slide for types of khabar
Sep. 10, 2014 7 Zahid Naeem Minor fixes for typos (‫مذكر‬)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 2
Mar. 24, 2015 8 Zahid Naeem Fixed a number of typos
ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to lqmississauga@gmail.com
Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic
English has eight parts of speech
1. Noun (A word which refers to a person, a place, or a thing, e.g. teacher, town, bus)
2. Pronoun (A word like he, they, and we used to replace a noun)
3. Adjective (A word that describes a noun, e.g. a tall man)
4. Adverb (A word that gives additional information about how, when or where an action takes
place, e.g. He walked slowly, They will arrive tomorrow)
5. Interjection (A word that is independent of other words and is used as is, e.g. hello and hi)
6. Verb (The action or doing word, e.g. sleep, eat, drink)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
7. Conjunction (A word joining two clauses in a sentence, e.g. and, because, but)
8. Preposition(A word used to relate a noun or pronoun to some other part, e.g. of, at)
Arabic has only three parts of speech
1. Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
2. Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
3. Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
3
Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic
English Arabic
Noun
Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
Pronoun
Adjective
Adverb
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 4
Interjection
Verb Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
Conjunction
Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
Preposition
Arabic Alphabets
Arabic has 29 letters of alphabet
28 Consonants (have speech sound)
Alif - serves two purposes
Elongates a consonant, e.g. ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
Act as a bearer of ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ (hamza), e.g. ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 5
‫ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
‫ف‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ش‬ ‫س‬ ‫ز‬
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
‫ء‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ق‬
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
Arabic Vowel Signs
Name Sign Sound Example
Dammah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) ‫ـ‬ُ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “u”
ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬
Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) ‫ـ‬َ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “a”
ُ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫س‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ن‬
Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) ‫ـ‬ِ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “i” ْ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫د‬ٌ‫س‬
Arabic has 3 short
vowels
Long Vowel Sound Example
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 6
Long Vowel Sound Example
‫و‬ to elongate Dammah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) “û” ْ‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ـو‬ُ‫ت‬ٌ‫ح‬
‫ا‬ to elongate Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) “â” ‫ـا‬َ‫ب‬ٌ‫ب‬
‫ي‬ to elongate Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) “î” َ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ٌ‫ص‬
Long vowels are
formed by adding the
associated letters to
the short vowels
Name Sign Example
Sukûn (ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬) ‫ـ‬ْ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ َ‫م‬ْ‫ك‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬
Absence of a vowel
sign is denoted by
Sukûn (ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬)
Indefinite & Definite
Like English, Arabic nouns can be indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬) or definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬)
An indefinite noun is indicated by ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, which doubles the vowel sign at the end
of the word, e.g.
A book – ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
A chair - ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬
A Definite noun is indicated by ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
A Definite noun is indicated by ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in
eliminating the ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ at the end of the word, e.g.
The book - ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
The chair - ُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ and ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ cannot coexist. So ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ will be incorrect
Please note many proper nouns, e.g. ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬,ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫خ‬ end with ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, but they are still
definite
7
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬)
ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬That is a door ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬)
Demonstrative pronoun ( ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬)
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ : ِ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ : ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
Like all pronouns, these are definite
These are masculine , i.e. these are used when pointing to
masculine nouns
They have feminine counterparts – will learn later
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively,
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 8
This is a book ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a book ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively,
but are written without the alif
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬What (‫ا‬َ‫م‬) vs. Who ( ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
Meaning “What” “Who”
Usage Used for irrational things
(ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬), e.g. non-living
things, animals, plants
etc.
Used for rational beings
(ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬). These include Allah
(‫ى‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ه‬َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫بح‬ُ‫س‬), humans beings,
jinns, and angels.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 9
etc. jinns, and angels.
Example What is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬) Who is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
Particle of Interrogation and Answer
This is a house ( ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
Is this a house? (‫؟‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬)
Prefixing َٔ‫ا‬ to a statement turns it into a question
Used in this context َٔ‫ا‬ is called ِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ف‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ (particle of interrogation)
‫لا‬ means “no”
ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes”
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 10
ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes”
‫لا‬ and ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ are called ِ‫اب‬َ‫و‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ح‬ (particles of answer)
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬
Solar Letters
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬
Lunar Letters
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬
Solar vs. Lunar Letters (1 of 2)
28 Consonant Letters
1414
‫ال‬َّ‫ش‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ ‫ال‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
This distinction is only for pronunciation of
words starting with these letters when
prefixed with ‫الـ‬ (the definite article)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 11
‫ال‬َّ‫ش‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ ‫ال‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
The letter ‫ل‬ IS NOT pronounced. The correct
pronunciation is ash-shamsu, not al-shamsu
The letter ‫ل‬ IS pronounced. The
pronunciation is al-qamaru
‫ل‬
shaddah on the solar letter
The assimilation of ‫ل‬is indicated by the
shaddah on the solar letter
No shaddah is necessary on the lunar letter
Articulation of solar letters involves the tip
of the tongue, e.g., ‫ت‬,‫س‬,‫ش‬,‫ن‬,‫ر‬
Tip of the tongue plays no role for lunar
letters, e.g., ‫ب‬,‫ق‬,‫م‬,‫ك‬,‫و‬
‫ش‬‫ش‬is an example of a solar letter ‫ق‬‫ق‬is an example of a lunar letter
Solar vs. Lunar Letters (2 of 2)
ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ‫ش‬ ُ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ‫ت‬
ُ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ص‬ ُ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ث‬‫ال‬ ‫ث‬
ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ ُ‫ِّيك‬‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬
ُ‫م‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ف‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬ ٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ب‬
ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 12
ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ ُ‫ِّيك‬‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬
ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ‫ط‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َّ‫ذ‬‫ال‬ ‫ذ‬
ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ظ‬‫ال‬ ‫ظ‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ‫ر‬
ُ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ‫ل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ز‬‫ال‬ ‫ز‬
ُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ‫ن‬ ُ‫ك‬َ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫س‬
ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬
ُ‫اء‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫م‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫الح‬ ‫ح‬
ُ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ‫و‬ ُ‫ز‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫الخ‬ ‫خ‬
ُ‫اء‬َ‫و‬َ‫اله‬ ‫ه‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ‫ع‬
ُ‫د‬َ‫الي‬ ‫ي‬ ُ‫َاء‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫غ‬
Noun Endings
In Arabic, nouns have different endings to show their function in a sentence
These are called noun cases or case-endings ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬ِٕ‫ا‬)
English
Name
Arabic
Name
Ending
Vowel
Sign
Function in a
sentence
Examples
Nominative ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ Dammah Subject ‫الكتا‬ُ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٌ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٌ‫د‬,‫با‬ٌ‫ب‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 13
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ‫الكتا‬ُ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٌ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٌ‫د‬,‫با‬ٌ‫ب‬
Accusative ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Fathah Object of a verb ‫الكتا‬َ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ً‫ا‬‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬‫ًا‬‫د‬,‫با‬ً‫ا‬‫ب‬
Genitive ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ Kasrah Possessor of a thing, or
comes after a
preposition or an
adverb
‫الكتا‬ِ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٍ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٍ‫د‬,‫با‬ٍ‫ب‬
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬The Nominal Sentence (ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬)
A sentence that starts with a noun
Has a subject (ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬) and a predicate (ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬)
Both the subject and the predicate are always nominative (ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬)
The subject is mostly definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬)
The predicate is mostly indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 14
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬The Joining Hamza (ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬)
The ‫ا‬ in ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) is called ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
If it is preceded by another word, it is not pronounced
E.g., ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ (the house) is pronounced al-baitu and ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ (and the house) is pronounced
as wa l-baitu and not wa al-baitu
ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ also appears in words without the ‫ال‬, e.g.,
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ (name) – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – َ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬
(Joining, uniting,
attaching)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 15
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – َ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬
To signify ‫ا‬‫ا‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ as ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬, look for one of the following three conditions:
A symbol on alif, as
Without any or ‫ء‬ symbol on alif
Completely omitted in writing, e.g., ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
Both ‫ا‬ and ‫ل‬ in ‫الـ‬ are not pronounced when a word starts with a solar letter and
is preceded with another word
E.g., َ‫و‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ is pronounced as wan-najmu and not wa al-najmu or wa an-najmu
ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
As opposed to ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ , ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is always pronounced, regardless of its
position in the sentence
ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is usually written with a ‫ء‬ symbol on (or below) the Alif, as follows:
‫أ‬
‫إ‬
Examples:
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 16
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ (one) – ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬
ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ (when) – َ‫ك‬ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬...
ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬
(Cutting,
Discontinuing,
Separating)
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Examples from Quran ( ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬,ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬,ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ )
َ‫ٱ‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ُ‫د‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ل‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬‫ٱ‬‫۝‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َٰ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬ِ‫ن‬‫ٱ‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ‫۝‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬‫ٱ‬ِ‫ِّين‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫۝‬
ُ‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫۝‬ِ‫ٱ‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ ‫۝‬
Find solar letters (ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬), lunar letters (ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬) and instances
of ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ and ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ in Surat ul-Fâtiha
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 17
ُ‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫۝‬ِ‫ٱ‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ ‫۝‬
‫ٱ‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬‫ٱ‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫وب‬ ُ‫ض‬ْ‫غ‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫ين‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َّ‫لض‬‫۝‬
Solar letter ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Lunar letter ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬Preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive Case (ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬)
Literal meaning of ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ is “a particle of pulling”
Examples of preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬):
In – ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
On – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
From – ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
To – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬
ُ‫ت‬ got pulled to ِ‫ت‬ because
of the preceding ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 18
To – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
When a noun is preceded by a preposition, it is said to
be in genitive case (ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬)
The house - ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬, In the house – ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
A house - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬, In a house – ٍ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ is a ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase) – It looks like a
sentence but is not one
ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
Same as
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
More Prepositions and Examples from the Qur’ân
(59:21) Had We sent down this
Quran on a mountain …
َ‫ن‬ٓ‫ا‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬َ‫ل‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ٍ‫ل‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ج‬... On ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
(96:2) He created man from a
clot
َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫نس‬ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ٍ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ From ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
(26:50) we shall but return to
our Lord
‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫ـــ‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ To ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
(97:1) We have indeed revealed
this (Message) in the Night of
Power
ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ In ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 19
(2:119) And thou will not be
asked about the owners of hell-
fire
ُ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ح‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ About,
concerning ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬
(2:284) To Allah belongs
whatever is in the heavens and
whatever is in the earth.
‫ـ‬ِ‫ل‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ات‬َ‫و‬ Belongs to,
for
‫ــ‬ِ‫ل‬
(2:153) O ye who believe! seek
help with patient perseverance
and prayer; for Allah is with
those who patiently persevere.
‫وا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫اس‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٓ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُّ‫ي‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ي‬‫ـ‬ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ َّ‫الص‬
َ‫ِين‬‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ۚ ِ‫ة‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ َّ‫الص‬َ‫و‬
With, by,
at, in
‫ــ‬ِ‫ب‬
Notice the noun after the ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ is ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ , i.e. it has a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ at the end
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬Nominal Sentence with ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
Muhammad is in the mosque
the mosque in Muhammad
ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 20
It is on a table
a table on It
ٍ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
3rd Person
Masculine
Singular He, It َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬
“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular She, It
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 21
2nd person
Masculine
Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬
“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular You ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
1st person Masc. & Fem.
Singular I ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬
Plural We ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
Are never attached with any other word
Are always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
Are ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative case), even though most of
them do not have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (dammah) ending
Are fixed in their case, i.e. their ending does not
change
Fixed nouns in Arabic are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 22
َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
Fixed nouns in Arabic are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬
The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬
Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬)
The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person
singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬)
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 23
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of
the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ – Possessed & Possessor
Used to convey a “possession” relationship between two nouns
Also referred to as ُ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬‫ا‬ َ‫ض‬ِٕ‫الا‬ (Al-Idaafatu)
English uses “of” or “ ’s ” for such relationship, e.g. Book of Bilal or Bilal’s
book
Made up of two parts:
Possessed (or possession) – ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Possessor – ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 24
ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) Bilal book
Bilal’s book
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬
(of) the teacher table
The teacher’s table
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Possessed - ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Can take any case ending,
as the need be
Never takes ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwîn)
or ‫الـ‬ (the definite article)
Is ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ـر‬ِ‫َـك‬‫ن‬
(indefinite) based on
ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Possessor - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ (genitive
case)
Can take ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwîn) or
‫الـ‬ (the definite article)
Can be ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ـر‬ِ‫َـك‬‫ن‬ (indefinite) or
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Definite vs. indefinite ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Different case endings for ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Noun after َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ is
always ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Examples of Valid ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬
(of) the teacher table
The teacher’s table
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 25
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
(of) the teacher table on
On the teacher’s table
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬
(of) the teacher table Verily
Verily the teacher’s table
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) the student book
The student’s book
ٍ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) a student book
A student’s book
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Incorrect vs. Correct ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬
ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ‫ال‬
ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 26
ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ً‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬More on ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Whose book?
(of) who book
ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Even though ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , it does not have ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬
(kasrah) ending, because it is ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (indeclinable).
Other similar examples:
ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ (Whose pen?)
ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ٱ‬ (Whose son?)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 27
Mosque of Allah’s Prophet
(of) Allah (of the) prophet mosque
‫الل‬ِ‫ه‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Notice two sets of ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬.
ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ and it
is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬.
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Examples from Quran - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
(110:1) When comes the help of Allah … َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬
(114: 1) Say: I seek refuge in the Lord of mankind ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ِ‫س‬‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬
(24:35) Allah is the light of the heavens and the
earth
‫لل‬َ‫ا‬ُ‫ه‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ِ‫ات‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬
(7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 28
(7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬
(48:29) Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ه‬
(6:127) For them is the home of safety ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ا‬‫ل‬َّ‫الس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫د‬
(40:55 & 77) Therefore have patience (O
Muhammad). Lo (surely, certainly)! The promise
of Allah is true
َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫اص‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫و‬ٌّ‫ق‬َ‫ح‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Nominal Sentences with ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah
(of) Allah Messenger Muhammad
ِ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬
،ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ظ‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ل‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 29
The student’s pen is broken
broken (of) the student pen
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬Feminine: This (ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬That is a car (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 30
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ is pronounced as ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ but is written without the alif
This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
How to make Feminine noun from Masculine noun
ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ــ‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ــ‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ TeacherFemale
teacher
Adding a ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ at the end
ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ : The closed ta : ‫ة‬
1
Putting a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ (fathah) on the letter before ‫ة‬2
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ـب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ـب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ StudentFemale
student
ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ FatherMother
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ GazelleFemale
Usually nouns which refer to
male humans (and animals)
and adjectives may be made
feminine by this method
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 31
Not all masculine nouns form a feminine counterpart in this way, e.g.
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ GazelleFemale
gazelle
ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ BigBig
(female)
ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬ُٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬ُٔ‫ا‬ FatherMother
ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ BrotherSister
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ BoyGirl
feminine by this method
Gender of Body Members
ٌ‫س‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ٌ‫س‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ (head)
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ (nose)
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ي‬ (hand)
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye)
Double members are
usually feminine
Single members are
usually masculine
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 32
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ (nose)
ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ (face)
ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ (mouth)
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye)
ٌ‫ن‬ُ‫ذ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ (ear)
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ِج‬‫ر‬ (leg)
Gender and Nominal Sentence
Gender ofٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ and ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ should be the same
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫اط‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬
ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 33
ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫يك‬ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫اج‬َ‫ج‬َ‫د‬
َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ف‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬
This house
This house is new
ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬Substitute - ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬
This is new
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The house is new
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
(is) new The house This
This house
34
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
A definite noun (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬) following a demonstrative pronoun
(ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬), is called a substitute (ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬). There are other types of
substitutes, which we will learn later
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Adverb - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬
ِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Place ( ِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬)
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ is a noun that indicates the place or time
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ acts like a ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , so the noun following it is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ can never be aٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ (subject), even if the sentence starts with it
َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind)
َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (there)
‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (here)
َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ (over)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ (under)
َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind)
َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ (in front)
ِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Time ( ِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬)
َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬َ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬ (today)
َ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬ (near)
َ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬ (between)
ً‫ا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬ (tomorrow)ِ‫س‬‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ (yesterday)
ً‫ا‬‫يل‬َ‫ل‬ً‫ا‬‫يل‬َ‫ل‬ (night) ً‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ً‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ (morning) ً‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ً‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ (evening)ً‫ا‬‫هر‬ُ‫ظ‬ً‫ا‬‫هر‬ُ‫ظ‬ (noon)
Examples from Quran - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬
(16:88) Those who disbelieved and averted
[others] from the way of Allah - We will increase
them in punishment over [their] punishment for
what corruption they were causing.
‫ا‬ً‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ْ‫د‬ِ‫ز‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ُّوا‬‫د‬ َ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫َر‬‫ف‬َ‫ك‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬
‫﴿النحل‬ َ‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫د‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫ي‬ ‫ُوا‬‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬:٨٨﴾
(48:18) Allah was pleased with the believers when
they swore allegiance to you under the tree and
He knew what was in their hearts. Therefore, He
sent down tranquility upon them and rewarded
them with a victory close by.
َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ُ‫ي‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ض‬َ‫ر‬ ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬َّ‫ل‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬َّ‫الش‬
‫ا‬ً‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ً‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ب‬‫َا‬‫ث‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ة‬َ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬‫و‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬
‫﴿الفتح‬:١٨﴾
(4:159) And there is none from the People of the
Scripture but that he will surely believe in Jesus
before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection
ۖ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬
‫﴿النساء‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 36
before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection
he will be against them a witness.
ۖ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬
‫﴿النساء‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾
(18:23-24) And never say of anything, "Indeed, I
will do that tomorrow," . Except [when adding],
"If Allah wills." And remember your Lord when
you forget [it] and say, "Perhaps my Lord will
guide me to what is nearer than this to right
conduct."
َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َٰ‫ذ‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ ‫ِّي‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ء‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ل‬‫ُو‬‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ًا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫﴿الكهف‬:٢٣‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ﴾
ِ‫ن‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٰ‫ى‬َ‫س‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ َ‫يت‬ ِ‫َس‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬َّ‫ب‬َّ‫ر‬ ‫ُر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ۚ ُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫اء‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫﴿الكهف‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ل‬ ‫ي‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬:٢٤﴾
(2:285) All of them have believed in Allah and His
angels and His books and His messengers,
[saying], "We make no distinction between any of
His messengers." And they say, "We hear and we
obey. [We seek] Your forgiveness, our Lord, and
to You is the [final] destination."
ُ‫ق‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫ف‬ُ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ِ‫ب‬ َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٓ‫ا‬ ٌّ‫ل‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ٍ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ير‬ِ‫ص‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫غ‬ ۖ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ط‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ ۚ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُّ‫ر‬
‫﴿البقرة‬:٢٨٥﴾
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Adjective - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
A new house
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬
A noun that describes or
qualifies another noun is
called ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective)
The noun being
described or qualified
is called ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
A house
ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
In Arabic the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) comes after the ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬.
In English, the adjective comes before the noun it qualifies
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ is also called ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬
Adjective = ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ = ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is also called ٌ‫وف‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
Noun Qualified = ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ = ٌ‫وف‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬Agreements between ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ should be in agreement in the following:
This is a small boy
ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
This is a small girl
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫نت‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Gender
1
The new teacher is in the class
ِ‫صل‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬
Bilal is a new teacher
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬
Indefinite vs.Indefinite vs.
definite
2
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
ِ‫صل‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬definitedefinite
I am in a new house
ٍ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٍ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫نا‬َٔ‫ا‬
This is a new house
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Case
3
That is a new student
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬
Those are new students
ٌ‫د‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫ج‬ ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬َ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬Number
4
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Nominal Sentence with ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
The broken chair is in the room
ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The sparrow is a small bird
ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ ْ‫ص‬ُ‫ع‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 39
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
I am in the secondary school
ِ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬َ‫ن‬‫َّا‬‫ث‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬References from Quran - ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
(5:15) Undoubtedly, there has to come to
you from Allah light and a luminous Book.
َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ُم‬‫ك‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ُّ‫م‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫﴿المائدة‬:١٥﴾
(68:4) And undoubtedly, you possess
excellent manners.
ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ل‬ َ‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ٍ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ ٍ‫ق‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫خ‬‫﴿القلم‬:٤﴾
(44:17) and an honourable Messenger
came to them.
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫م‬‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫﴿الدخان‬:١٧﴾
(1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴿‫الفاتحة‬:٦﴾
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 40
(1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴿‫الفاتحة‬:٦﴾
(45:10) And for them is a great torment. ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬﴿‫الجاثية‬:١٠﴾
(8:274) For them is forgiveness and
honourable provision.
َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ْ‫غ‬َّ‫م‬ ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ٌ‫م‬‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ز‬ِ‫ر‬‫نفال‬ٔ‫ا‬‫﴿ال‬:٧٤﴾
(61:13) help from Allah and a near victory ‫﴿الصف‬:١٣﴾ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ٌ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬َ‫و‬ۗ◌
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Where is the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬?
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُ‫ل‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬
The Arabic is an easy language
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬
The Arabic language is easy
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 41
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ or not
This is a new book
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The new book is heavy
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
This book is new
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
This new book is heavy
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
1
2
4
5
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 42
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
The book is new
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
Abbas is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫اس‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
36
ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬The Relative Pronoun - ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ is called the relative pronoun (ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬)
It is translated as:
“Who” – for all rational beings
“Which” – for all irrational beings and things
It is used for masculine singular. Feminine and plural will come later
It is always followed by a description, which is known as ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 43
The man, who left the room, is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
The book, which is on the table, belongs to the teacher
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬
ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ as ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬
The man is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The tall man is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 44
The man, who left the room, is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬
Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬)
The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person
singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬)
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 45
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of
the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb
Almost all Arabic verbs can be traced back to a three letter verb. The
remaining few exceptions are traced to a four letter verb.
To understand their structure, the three letter verbs are defined on
the pattern of ‫فعل‬ as follows.
‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 46
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫خ‬
‫فعل‬‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ (1st radical)
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ (2nd radical)
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ (3rd radical)
Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ Meaning ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
َ‫ب‬ َ‫ه‬ َ‫ذ‬ He went َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬
َ‫س‬ َ‫ل‬ َ‫ج‬ He sat َ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬
َ‫ر‬ َ‫ص‬ َ‫ن‬ He helped َ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 47
In the base form for all 3 letter past tense verbs:
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ and ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ always have a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ can have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬, ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬, or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬
َ‫ر‬ َ‫ص‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬
َ‫ع‬ ِ‫م‬ َ‫س‬ He heard َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬
َ‫م‬ ُ‫ر‬ َ‫ك‬ He became noble َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬
Conjugation of Past Tense Verb
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
We’ve learnt before that the base form of the verb contains “he” or “it” (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬) as the doer
(ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬), so َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ means “He left”. Within the base form, this ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ is considered hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬),
i.e., there is no letter in the verb, which explicitly represents the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬
Since this alif represents “They (2)”,
He/it َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
In order to say “They (2) left”, an alif is added at the end
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 48
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ ++==‫ـ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ـا‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬
Since this alif represents “They (2)”,
who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫و‬‫و‬ ++==‫ـ‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ‫ـ‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬This alif is called ِ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫و‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ (alif of
protection). It protects the ‫و‬from
being mistaken for the conjunction ‫و‬
(and). It is written but not pronounced
Notice the original ٌ‫ة‬َ‫تح‬َ‫ف‬ changed to a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ once waw
was added. This is done for phonetic convenience as
‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ is easier to pronounce than ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
They (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
In order to say “They (>2) left”, a waw is added at the end. This waw acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬
Conjugation of Past Tense Verb
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬ْ‫ت‬ ++==ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
The ِ‫يث‬ِ‫ن‬ْٔ‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬ is not a ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬. Instead the
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ is considered hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬َ‫م‬) in this
form and is implied as “She/It (f)” (
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬)
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬She/It (f)
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
Since this alif represents “They (2)”,
In order to say “She left”, the base form of the verb is feminized by adding a ta of feminizing
( ِ‫يث‬ِ‫ن‬ْٔ‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬)
In order to say “They (2, f) left”, an alif is added at the end of the feminized form
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 49
ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ ++==‫ـ‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ـا‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬
Since this alif represents “They (2)”,
who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ They (2,f) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ ++==ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬
Since this َ‫ن‬ represents “They (>2,f)”,
who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ They (>2,f) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
Notice the ٌ‫ة‬َ‫تح‬َ‫ف‬ on the 3rd radical changes to a ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬ in this case.
For the complete conjugation of past tense verb for all 14 pronouns, please see the next page
In order to say “They (>2, f) left”, a َ‫ن‬is added to the end
Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix
He left َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He
They (2) left َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
They (>2) left ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
She left ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ت‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She
They (2) left َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
They (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2,f)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 50
They (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2,f)
You left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You
You (2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2)
You (>2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2)
You left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You
You (2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2)
You (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2,f)
I left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ I
We left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb Examples
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix
َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He
َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
ُ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
ْ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ت‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She
َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 51
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ I
ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
Muhammad’s book.
ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
His book
ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
His book
ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Your book
َ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
Your book
َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ُ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ are attached
pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
+
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 52
Your book
َ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬), when attached to a noun, is
always ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and the noun it is attached to is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
The attached pronoun in this case is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
+
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
From Muhammad
ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
Him From
ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
From him
ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
Them From
ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
From them
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ُ‫ه‬ and ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ are attached
pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
+
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 53
Them From
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬), when attached to a ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
(preposition), is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
+
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
3rd Person
Masculine
Singular He, It ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬
“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular She, It ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (Detached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (Attached Pronoun)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 54
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
2nd person
Masculine
Singular You َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬
“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular You ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
1st person Masc. & Fem.
Singular I ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬
Plural We ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬
Always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed)
Always ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative)
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬
Always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed)
Always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ (genitive) or
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬ (accusative)
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 55
َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬
Can be attached to a noun,
verb or a particle
This ‫ي‬ is called ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ (ya-ul
mutakallim) – Ya of the first
person
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ His ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 mas.) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Her ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 fem) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
The ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬‫ال‬ changes
to a ُ‫ة‬َ‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬‫ال‬ when it
is followed by an
attached pronoun.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 56
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 mas.) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (fem) ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 fem) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ My ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Our ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
The last letter of the
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ gets a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ when
attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬. A
ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ on the last letter
would have made the
pronunciation difficult.
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) with Special Nouns
ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
Notice the extra ‫و‬ between
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. By same
token “Muhammad’s father”
will be ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ are 2 of the 5 special
nouns, which take this extra ‫و‬.
Will learn the other later.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 57
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ك‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
Will learn the other later.
The rule for extra ‫و‬ does not
apply when these nouns are
followed by ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬
‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
The ‫ورة‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ق‬َ‫م‬ ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ at the end of ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
changes to a ‫ي‬ (ya) when it is
followed by an attached
pronoun.
Also notice the change from ُ‫ه‬ to
ِ‫ه‬ for the attached pronoun.
Same is true for ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 58
َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
َّ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ = ْ‫ي‬ + ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬
ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ب‬
ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
The preposition ِ‫ل‬ gets a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬
when it is followed by an
attached pronoun, with one
exception; see below.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 59
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
The preposition ِ‫ل‬ retains its ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬
when it is attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬Past Tense Verb Suffix vs. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ vs. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬
Past Tense Verb Suffix ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬
ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
َ‫ت‬ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 60
َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ت‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫ت‬ ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬Early Predicate and Late Subject ( ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬)
The man is in the house
ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
A man is in the house
ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬ ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
A ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase), e.g.
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ (prepositional
phrase) or ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ (adverbial
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 61
ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬ ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬
phrase) can never beٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
(subject), even though a
sentence may begin with it.
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
A garden is in front of the masjid
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ ِ‫د‬ ِ‫سج‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،
ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬Plural ( ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬)
ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬Plural ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ ِ‫كس‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬Broken Plural ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ ِ‫كس‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬Sound Plural ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Sound Masculine Plural Sound Feminine Plural
The singular word is broken
to create the plural, e.g.
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ -> ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬
The singular
word stays
intact in the
plural, e.g.
ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ -> َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 62
ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Sound Masculine Plural
ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Sound Feminine Plural
ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ -> ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬
ٌ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ -> ٌ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬.
Broken plurals have many
patterns, as explained later.Has an ûna ( َ‫ن‬‫و‬) ending,
e.g. ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ -> َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
Has an âtun ( ٌ‫ات‬) ending,
e.g. ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ -> ٌ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
Some nouns have multiple plural forms, e.g., ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ has two plural forms
1) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ and 2) ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
Patterns of Broken Plural
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ُج‬‫ن‬ٌ‫م‬ْ‫َج‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ي‬ُ‫ش‬ٌ‫خ‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ش‬
ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 63
‫فعل‬Key:
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ج‬ٌ‫ل‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ج‬ُ‫ت‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬
ٌ‫اب‬َّ‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬
Patterns of Broken Plural
ٌ‫د‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬
ٌ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬َ‫ع‬
ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫اء‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫د‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ َ‫ص‬
ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ب‬ِ‫ط‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ب‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
ُ‫اء‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ب‬ْ‫ط‬َٔ‫ا‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8)
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ز‬
64
‫فعل‬Key:
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫خ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ت‬ِ‫ف‬‫ى‬ً‫ت‬‫ـ‬َ‫ف‬
ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ز‬
ُ‫اء‬َ‫َر‬‫ق‬ُ‫ف‬ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ف‬
We will learn more patterns later Diptote ( ِ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬)
Plural Demonstrative Pronouns
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬This ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬These ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬
Singular
Plural
ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬This (f) ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
Singular
ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
This is a teacher
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
This is a female teacher
َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬
These are teachers
ٌ‫ات‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬
These are female teachers
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 65
These plurals are for rational beings. For irrational things, we will learn the rules later, insha Allah
َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬That َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬
َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ٰ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬Those َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ٰ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬
Singular
Plural
َ‫لك‬ِ‫ت‬That (f) َ‫لك‬ِ‫ت‬
Singular
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫لك‬ِ‫ت‬
That is a female student
ٌ‫ات‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ٰ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬
Those are female students
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬
That is a student
ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬‫ـ‬ُ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ٰ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬
Those are students
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ for ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
The teacher’s new book
ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
The new teacher’s book
ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ always come together, so the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ for either one of them
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 66
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ always come together, so the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ for either one of them
must come after ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
The case ending of the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ tells us if it is for ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ or ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Note the ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ is definite if its ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ is definite, so its ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ must also be
Singular
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬Treatment of ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ vs. ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬ Plurals
ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
Singular
َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬
Plural Plural Singular
This is a teacherThese are teachers
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬‫ُـ‬‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
This is a bookThese are books
Plural
Both the subject and predicate are
plural
The plural of an irrational noun is
treated like a feminine singular.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 67
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
Singular
ٌ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬‫ُـ‬‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
Feminine
Singular
Singular
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
Singular
ٌ‫ات‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
Feminine
Singular
Singular
This is a watchThese are watches
The treatment of a plural irrational
noun as feminine singular is regardless
of the gender of the singular form. In
the above example, ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬, the singular
form, is masculine but its plural form is
treated as a feminine singular. In the
next example, ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ is feminine, and its
plural form is also treated as feminine
singular.
Plural
(ir)
Plural
(ir)
Plural
(ir)
Plural of irrational noun = Feminine Singular
That is why the demonstrative
pronoun used in this example is
feminine singular.
Singular
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬More Examples of ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬ Plurals
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬
The pen is newThe pens are new
Plural
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬
Singular
َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫ج‬
Plural Plural Singular
The teacher is newThe teachers are new
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 68
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬
Singular
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬
Feminine
Singular
Singular
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬
Singular
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ات‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬
Singular
The car is newThe cars are new
Plural
(ir)
Feminine
Singular
Plural
(ir)
Plural
(ir)
Plural of irrational noun = Feminine Singular
Singular
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬Even More Examples of ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬ Plurals
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ف‬َّ‫د‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬َّ‫د‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬
Where is the new notebook? It is on the desk.Where are the new notebooks? They are on the desk.
Plural
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬
Singular
‫؟‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫الج‬ َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
Plural Plural Singular
Where is the new teacher? He is in the class.Where are the new teachers? They are in the class.
SingularPlural
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 69
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ف‬َّ‫د‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬
Singular
ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬َّ‫د‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬
Feminine
Singular
Singular
ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬
ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬
Singular
ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ُ؟‬‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ات‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬
Singular
Where is the new watch? It is on the desk.Where are the new watches? They are on the table.
Plural
(ir)
Feminine
Singular
Plural
(ir)
Plural
(ir)
Plural of irrational noun = Feminine Singular
SingularFeminine
Singular
Feminine
Singular
Singular
ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬References from the Holy Qur’an for ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬ Plurals
But give glad tidings to those who believe
and work righteousness, that their portion
is Gardens, beneath which rivers flow
(2:25)
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ت‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ح‬ِ‫ل‬ٰ‫ـ‬ َّ‫ٱلص‬ ۟‫ا‬‫و‬ُ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫و‬ ۟‫ا‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ء‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬ ِ‫ر‬ِّ‫ش‬َ‫ب‬َ‫و‬ٍۢ‫ت‬ٰ‫ـ‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ج‬‫ِى‬‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫ت‬
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ر‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬...‫﴿البقرة‬:٢٥﴾
… Those are Limits (set by) Allah:
Approach not nigh thereto … (2:187)
...ُ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬ُ‫ح‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ف‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬...‫﴿البقرة‬:١٨٧﴾
… And enter houses from their doors …
(2:189)
...‫وا‬ُ‫ت‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫وت‬ُ‫ي‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬...﴿‫البقرة‬:١٨٩﴾
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 70
(2:189)
Alif, Lam, Ra. These are the verses of the
clear Book. (12:1)
ۚ ‫الر‬ُ‫ات‬َ‫ي‬ٓ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ِ‫ين‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫﴿يوسف‬:١﴾
Behold! he said to his father and his
people, "What are these images, to which
ye are (so assiduously) devoted?” (21:52)
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ل‬ َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫ث‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫ف‬ِ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬
‫نبياء‬ٔ‫ا‬‫﴿ال‬:٥٢﴾
And these examples We present to the
people that perhaps they will give
thought. (59:21)
َ‫و‬ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ث‬ْ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬ ْ‫َض‬‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ف‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ي‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫س‬‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬﴿‫الحشر‬:٢١﴾
ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬Numbers - ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٌ‫د‬ ِ‫اح‬َ‫و‬ ١
ِ‫ٱ‬ِ‫ان‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ث‬ ٢
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ث‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ث‬ ٣
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٤
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫خ‬ ٥
ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫ت‬ ِ‫س‬
Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ singular: ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬) in Arabic
are fully declinable nouns
The noun being counted with a number
is called ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬
The rules for the ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬ and the ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬
change after every few numbers
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 71
ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫ت‬ ِ‫س‬ ٦
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ٧
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫ث‬ ٨
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ ٩
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ع‬ ١٠
Rules for Numbers 1 to 10
ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬
ِ‫ان‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ث‬ِ‫ا‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ث‬ِ‫ا‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ث‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫َاث‬‫ل‬َ‫ث‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
Both 1 and 2 follow the noun as
adjective, so the ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬ and the ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬
follow all the rules of ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬.
Numbers 1 - 2
Number ( ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬)
Numbers 3 - 10
ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 72
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫خ‬ ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫خ‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ت‬ ِ‫س‬ ُّ‫ت‬ ِ‫س‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫ث‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫ث‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ ُ‫ع‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ش‬َ‫ع‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
• Comes before the ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬
• Is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ (hence no tanwin or ‫ال‬)
Noun being counted ( ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬)
• Is ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ (hence ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬)
• Is ٌ‫ع‬‫م‬َ‫ج‬
The gender of ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬ and ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ is
opposite
Case Endings for Singular, Dual and Sound Plural
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫الج‬(
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫صب‬َ‫ن‬‫ال‬(
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫فع‬َ‫الر‬(
ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫الج‬(
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫صب‬َ‫ن‬‫ال‬(
ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫فع‬َ‫الر‬(
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬(
ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬(
ً‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫َتح‬‫ف‬‫ال‬(
ً‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫َتح‬‫ف‬‫ال‬(
ٍ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
ٍ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬(
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬(
ً‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫َتح‬‫ف‬‫ال‬(
ً‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫َتح‬‫ف‬‫ال‬(
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 73
‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ع‬‫م‬َ‫ج‬
ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬
)ٌ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬(
َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬
)ٌ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬()ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬
)ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬()ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬
)ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬()ٌ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬(
َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬
)ٌ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬()ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬
)ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬()ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬
)ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫ن‬
)ْ‫او‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬(
ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫ن‬
)ْ‫او‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬(
ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬َ‫ن‬
)ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬َ‫ن‬
)ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬َ‫ن‬
)ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬َ‫ن‬
)ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬(
ٌ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬(
ٌ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬(
ٍ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
ٍ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
ٍ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
ٍ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
)ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
“My Class” - Grammatical Analysis (Book 1, Ch. 21)
my school this
ِ‫ت‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
the masjid from near it
ِ‫د‬ ِ‫سج‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
big school it
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫د‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬
doors three it has
ٍ‫اب‬َ‫و‬‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ث‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ث‬ َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬
ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 74
now open it’s doors
ٓ‫ا‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫رف‬َ‫ظ‬
many classes the school in
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ث‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ُ‫ف‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬، ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬
ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬
our class this
ُ‫ل‬‫ص‬َ‫ف‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬
spacious class it and
ٌ‫ع‬ ِ‫اس‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ص‬َ‫ف‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬
ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬
ٍ‫طف‬َ‫ع‬
ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬
ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬The Diptote – ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
The teacher’s name is Muhammad
ِ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫بر‬ِٕ‫ا‬
The principal’s name is Ibrahim
Triptoteِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬Diptote – ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬
No tanwîn Tanwîn
ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫بر‬ِٕ‫ا‬
11
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 75
ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬
I went to Muhammad
‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫بر‬ِٕ‫ا‬
I went to Ibrahim
Majrûr case is represented with kasrahMajrûr case is represented with fathah22
Nouns which meet these two conditions are
called Diptotes. E.g., ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫بر‬ِٕ‫ا‬is a diptote.
There are exceptions to this rule, which we will learn later, ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫اء‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬
ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬The Diptote – ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
Following groups of nouns are diptotes
# Group Examples
1 Feminine proper nouns ، ُ‫ب‬َ‫ن‬‫ي‬َ‫ز‬ُ‫م‬ُّ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ج‬ ،ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫ة‬َ‫يج‬ِ‫د‬َ‫خ‬
2 Masculine proper nouns ending with ta marbûtah (‫ة‬) ،ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ُٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ط‬ ،ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬
3 Masculine proper nouns ending in ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬ َ‫ض‬َ‫م‬َ‫ر‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ث‬ُ‫ع‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
4 Adjectives on the pattern of ُ‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬ ،ُ‫ن‬ٓ‫ا‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ع‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ ْ‫ض‬َ‫غ‬
5
ُ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫غ‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ك‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫د‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 76
5 Masculine proper nouns on the pattern of ُ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫غ‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ك‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫د‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬
6 Adjectives on the pattern of ُ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫د‬َ‫و‬ْ‫س‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ض‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ َ‫ض‬ْ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬
7 Non-Arabic proper nouns ،ُ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫و‬ ،ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ِ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ ،ُ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬ْ‫غ‬َ‫ب‬
8 Broken plurals on the following pattern:
a. ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬
b. ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
c. ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫َا‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬
d. ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫َاع‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬
،ُ‫اء‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫د‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫غ‬َٔ‫ا‬
ُ‫اء‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ز‬ُ‫و‬ ،ُ‫اء‬َ‫َر‬‫ق‬ُ‫ف‬ ،ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ز‬
ُ‫ق‬ِ‫ئ‬‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ح‬ ،ُ‫ه‬ِ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ ، ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ت‬‫ا‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫ِس‬‫ر‬‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫د‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬
ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ن‬َ‫ف‬ ،ُ‫يح‬ِ‫ت‬‫َا‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬References from the Holy Qur’an for ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬
And [mention] when Abraham was raising
the foundations of the House and [with him]
Ishmael, [saying], "Our Lord, accept [this]
from us. Indeed You are the Hearing, the
Knowing. (2:127)
ُ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ي‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫د‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬
ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫نت‬َٔ‫ا‬ َ‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ۖ ‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬﴿‫البقرة‬:١٢٧﴾
We said, 'O fire, be coolness and safety for
Abraham!' (21:69)
‫ا‬ً‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫س‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ً‫د‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫ك‬ ُ‫ر‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ِٕ‫ا‬﴿‫نبياء‬ٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬:٦٩﴾
Said Pharaoh, "And what is the Lord of the
َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬‫﴿الشعراء‬:٢٣﴾
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 77
Said Pharaoh, "And what is the Lord of the
worlds?“ (26:23)
َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬‫﴿الشعراء‬:٢٣﴾
Go to Pharaoh. Indeed, he has transgressed."
(20:24)
ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ذ‬‫ا‬ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ٰ‫ى‬َ‫غ‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫﴿طه‬:٢٤﴾
This is Hell, which the criminals deny. (55:43) ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫م‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ب‬ِّ‫ذ‬َ‫ك‬ُ‫ي‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫﴿الرحمن‬:٤٣﴾
And will drive the criminals to Hell in thirst
(19:86)
َ‫ين‬ِ‫ِم‬‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ق‬‫و‬ُ‫َس‬‫ن‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ج‬ ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ا‬ً‫د‬ْ‫ر‬ِ‫و‬‫﴿مريم‬:٨٦﴾
ِ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬Types of Khabar (ِ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬)
A ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ can be one of the following:A ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ can be one of the following:
One word ٌ‫د‬َ‫فر‬ُ‫م‬ A phrase ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
Prepositional Phrase
ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫رف‬َ‫ظ‬
Adverbial Phrase
A sentence ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬
ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ٱس‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬
Nominal Sentence
ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬‫ـ‬ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬
Verbal Sentence
1 3
2a 2b 3a 3b
2
ٌ‫د‬َ‫فر‬ُ‫م‬
One word
1
ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬َ‫ح‬ٌ‫يب‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ه‬‫و‬ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬. ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ِ‫َصل‬‫ف‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬.ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬َ‫حت‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬.ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬.ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬.
LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 78
In a nominal sentence, a ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ will always be a ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬, even though the sentence may begin with it.
For example: 1) ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬. 2) َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬.
The term ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ is applied only when it comes as a ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ in a nominal sentence.
If this kind of phrase comes in a verbal sentence, it is NOT called ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬. It is only called ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ or ٌ‫رف‬َ‫ظ‬.
For example: 1) ِ‫د‬ ِ‫سج‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬. 2) ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬َّ‫الش‬ َ‫حت‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ َ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬.
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ز‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ف‬ِ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬. ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬َ‫ح‬ِّ‫ي‬ِ‫رس‬ُ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬‫ع‬ َ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬.
ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫ٓم‬‫ا‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬.
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬is always ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬can be indefinite
or definite, but
mostly it is indefinite.
ُ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِٕ‫الا‬ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬. ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬.
ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬َ‫د‬‫ن‬ِ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬.
ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫اط‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫د‬‫ن‬ِ‫ع‬.
ُ‫د‬ْ‫م‬َ‫الح‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ِ‫ه‬.
ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬.
ُ‫ن‬ٓ‫ا‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ق‬‫ال‬ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫الل‬ِ‫ه‬.
A ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ (phrase) is either ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ (prepositional phrase) or ٌ‫رف‬َ‫ظ‬ (adverbial phrase)

Madinah-book-1-notes

  • 1.
    LQ Mississauga Madinah Book1 Notes (v. 8) 1 Parts of Speech 9 ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ 17 The Relative Pronoun (ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬) 2 Arabic Alphabets 10 Preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive case ( ) 18 The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬) Topics 1 ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬ 3 Arabic Vowel Signs 11 Detached Pronoun ( ) 19 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) 4 Indefinite vs. Definite 12 20 ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ 5 This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) 13 Gender Introduction 21 Plural (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬) 6 Solar vs. Lunar Letters 14 Substitute (ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬) 22 Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬) 7 Noun Endings 15 Adverb ( ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) 23 The Diptote ( ِ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬) 8 Nominal Sentence Intro 16 Adjective ( ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬) 24 Types of predicate (ِ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬)
  • 2.
    Revision History Date VerAuthor Revision Comments Nov. 23, 2012 1 Zahid Naeem Consolidated Part 1 thru 5 as one set Dec. 17, 2012 2 Zahid Naeem Added some more pages for past tense verb Feb. 2, 2013 3 Zahid Naeem Modified some pages for plurals Mar. 21, 2013 4 Zahid Naeem Added some pages for irrational plurals Apr. 25, 2013 5 Zahid Naeem Added some pages for diptotes Nov. 3, 2013 6 Zahid Naeem Modified the slide for types of khabar Sep. 10, 2014 7 Zahid Naeem Minor fixes for typos (‫مذكر‬) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 2 Mar. 24, 2015 8 Zahid Naeem Fixed a number of typos ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to lqmississauga@gmail.com
  • 3.
    Parts of Speech– English vs. Arabic English has eight parts of speech 1. Noun (A word which refers to a person, a place, or a thing, e.g. teacher, town, bus) 2. Pronoun (A word like he, they, and we used to replace a noun) 3. Adjective (A word that describes a noun, e.g. a tall man) 4. Adverb (A word that gives additional information about how, when or where an action takes place, e.g. He walked slowly, They will arrive tomorrow) 5. Interjection (A word that is independent of other words and is used as is, e.g. hello and hi) 6. Verb (The action or doing word, e.g. sleep, eat, drink) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 7. Conjunction (A word joining two clauses in a sentence, e.g. and, because, but) 8. Preposition(A word used to relate a noun or pronoun to some other part, e.g. of, at) Arabic has only three parts of speech 1. Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ 2. Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ 3. Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ 3
  • 4.
    Parts of Speech– English vs. Arabic English Arabic Noun Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ Pronoun Adjective Adverb LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 4 Interjection Verb Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ Conjunction Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ Preposition
  • 5.
    Arabic Alphabets Arabic has29 letters of alphabet 28 Consonants (have speech sound) Alif - serves two purposes Elongates a consonant, e.g. ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Act as a bearer of ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ (hamza), e.g. ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 5 ‫ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ‫ف‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ش‬ ‫س‬ ‫ز‬ 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 ‫ء‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ق‬ 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
  • 6.
    Arabic Vowel Signs NameSign Sound Example Dammah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) ‫ـ‬ُ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “u” ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬ Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) ‫ـ‬َ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “a” ُ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫س‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ن‬ Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) ‫ـ‬ِ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ “i” ْ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫د‬ٌ‫س‬ Arabic has 3 short vowels Long Vowel Sound Example LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 6 Long Vowel Sound Example ‫و‬ to elongate Dammah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) “û” ْ‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ـو‬ُ‫ت‬ٌ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ to elongate Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) “â” ‫ـا‬َ‫ب‬ٌ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ to elongate Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) “î” َ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ٌ‫ص‬ Long vowels are formed by adding the associated letters to the short vowels Name Sign Example Sukûn (ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬) ‫ـ‬ْ‫ـ‬‫ـ‬ َ‫م‬ْ‫ك‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬ Absence of a vowel sign is denoted by Sukûn (ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬)
  • 7.
    Indefinite & Definite LikeEnglish, Arabic nouns can be indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬) or definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬) An indefinite noun is indicated by ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, which doubles the vowel sign at the end of the word, e.g. A book – ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ A chair - ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬ A Definite noun is indicated by ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) A Definite noun is indicated by ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in eliminating the ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ at the end of the word, e.g. The book - ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ The chair - ُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ـ‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ and ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ cannot coexist. So ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ will be incorrect Please note many proper nouns, e.g. ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬,ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫خ‬ end with ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, but they are still definite 7
  • 8.
    ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬That is a door ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) Demonstrative pronoun ( ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬) ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ : ِ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ : ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ Like all pronouns, these are definite These are masculine , i.e. these are used when pointing to masculine nouns They have feminine counterparts – will learn later ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively, LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 8 This is a book ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a book ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively, but are written without the alif
  • 9.
    ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬What (‫ا‬َ‫م‬)vs. Who ( ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Meaning “What” “Who” Usage Used for irrational things (ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬), e.g. non-living things, animals, plants etc. Used for rational beings (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬). These include Allah (‫ى‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ه‬َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫بح‬ُ‫س‬), humans beings, jinns, and angels. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 9 etc. jinns, and angels. Example What is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬) Who is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
  • 10.
    Particle of Interrogationand Answer This is a house ( ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) Is this a house? (‫؟‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬) Prefixing َٔ‫ا‬ to a statement turns it into a question Used in this context َٔ‫ا‬ is called ِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ف‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ (particle of interrogation) ‫لا‬ means “no” ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes” LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 10 ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes” ‫لا‬ and ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ are called ِ‫اب‬َ‫و‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ح‬ (particles of answer)
  • 11.
    ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ Solar Letters ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ Lunar Letters ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ Solar vs. Lunar Letters (1 of 2) 28 Consonant Letters 1414 ‫ال‬َّ‫ش‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ ‫ال‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ This distinction is only for pronunciation of words starting with these letters when prefixed with ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 11 ‫ال‬َّ‫ش‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ ‫ال‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ The letter ‫ل‬ IS NOT pronounced. The correct pronunciation is ash-shamsu, not al-shamsu The letter ‫ل‬ IS pronounced. The pronunciation is al-qamaru ‫ل‬ shaddah on the solar letter The assimilation of ‫ل‬is indicated by the shaddah on the solar letter No shaddah is necessary on the lunar letter Articulation of solar letters involves the tip of the tongue, e.g., ‫ت‬,‫س‬,‫ش‬,‫ن‬,‫ر‬ Tip of the tongue plays no role for lunar letters, e.g., ‫ب‬,‫ق‬,‫م‬,‫ك‬,‫و‬ ‫ش‬‫ش‬is an example of a solar letter ‫ق‬‫ق‬is an example of a lunar letter
  • 12.
    Solar vs. LunarLetters (2 of 2) ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ‫ش‬ ُ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ‫ت‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ص‬ ُ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ث‬‫ال‬ ‫ث‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ ُ‫ِّيك‬‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ف‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬ ٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ب‬ ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 12 ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ ُ‫ِّيك‬‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬ ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ‫ط‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َّ‫ذ‬‫ال‬ ‫ذ‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ظ‬‫ال‬ ‫ظ‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ‫ر‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ‫ل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ز‬‫ال‬ ‫ز‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ‫ن‬ ُ‫ك‬َ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫س‬ ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫م‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫الح‬ ‫ح‬ ُ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ‫و‬ ُ‫ز‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫الخ‬ ‫خ‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫و‬َ‫اله‬ ‫ه‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ‫ع‬ ُ‫د‬َ‫الي‬ ‫ي‬ ُ‫َاء‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫غ‬
  • 13.
    Noun Endings In Arabic,nouns have different endings to show their function in a sentence These are called noun cases or case-endings ( ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬ِٕ‫ا‬) English Name Arabic Name Ending Vowel Sign Function in a sentence Examples Nominative ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ Dammah Subject ‫الكتا‬ُ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٌ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٌ‫د‬,‫با‬ٌ‫ب‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 13 ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ‫الكتا‬ُ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٌ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٌ‫د‬,‫با‬ٌ‫ب‬ Accusative ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Fathah Object of a verb ‫الكتا‬َ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ً‫ا‬‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬‫ًا‬‫د‬,‫با‬ً‫ا‬‫ب‬ Genitive ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ Kasrah Possessor of a thing, or comes after a preposition or an adverb ‫الكتا‬ِ‫ب‬,‫كتا‬ٍ‫ب‬,ّ‫م‬‫مح‬ٍ‫د‬,‫با‬ٍ‫ب‬
  • 14.
    ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬The NominalSentence (ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬) A sentence that starts with a noun Has a subject (ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬) and a predicate (ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬) Both the subject and the predicate are always nominative (ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬) The subject is mostly definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬) The predicate is mostly indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 14 ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
  • 15.
    ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬TheJoining Hamza (ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬) The ‫ا‬ in ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) is called ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ If it is preceded by another word, it is not pronounced E.g., ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ (the house) is pronounced al-baitu and ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ (and the house) is pronounced as wa l-baitu and not wa al-baitu ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ also appears in words without the ‫ال‬, e.g., ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ (name) – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – َ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ (Joining, uniting, attaching) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 15 ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – َ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬ To signify ‫ا‬‫ا‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ as ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬, look for one of the following three conditions: A symbol on alif, as Without any or ‫ء‬ symbol on alif Completely omitted in writing, e.g., ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬ Both ‫ا‬ and ‫ل‬ in ‫الـ‬ are not pronounced when a word starts with a solar letter and is preceded with another word E.g., َ‫و‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ is pronounced as wan-najmu and not wa al-najmu or wa an-najmu
  • 16.
    ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ Asopposed to ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ , ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is always pronounced, regardless of its position in the sentence ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is usually written with a ‫ء‬ symbol on (or below) the Alif, as follows: ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ Examples: ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 16 ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ (one) – ٌ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ (when) – َ‫ك‬ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬... ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ (Cutting, Discontinuing, Separating)
  • 17.
    ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Examples from Quran ( ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬,ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬,ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ ) َ‫ٱ‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ُ‫د‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ل‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬‫ٱ‬‫۝‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َٰ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬ِ‫ن‬‫ٱ‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ‫۝‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬‫ٱ‬ِ‫ِّين‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫۝‬ ُ‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫۝‬ِ‫ٱ‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ ‫۝‬ Find solar letters (ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬), lunar letters (ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ُ‫وف‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬) and instances of ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ and ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ in Surat ul-Fâtiha LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 17 ُ‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫۝‬ِ‫ٱ‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ ‫۝‬ ‫ٱ‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬‫ٱ‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫وب‬ ُ‫ض‬ْ‫غ‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫ين‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َّ‫لض‬‫۝‬ Solar letter ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Lunar letter ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
  • 18.
    ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬Preposition(ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive Case (ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬) Literal meaning of ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ is “a particle of pulling” Examples of preposition (ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬): In – ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ On – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ From – ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ To – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ got pulled to ِ‫ت‬ because of the preceding ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 18 To – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ When a noun is preceded by a preposition, it is said to be in genitive case (ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬) The house - ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬, In the house – ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ A house - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬, In a house – ٍ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ is a ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase) – It looks like a sentence but is not one ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ Same as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
  • 19.
    More Prepositions andExamples from the Qur’ân (59:21) Had We sent down this Quran on a mountain … َ‫ن‬ٓ‫ا‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬َ‫ل‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ٍ‫ل‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ج‬... On ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ (96:2) He created man from a clot َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫نس‬ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ٍ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ From ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ (26:50) we shall but return to our Lord ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫ـــ‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ To ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ (97:1) We have indeed revealed this (Message) in the Night of Power ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ In ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 19 (2:119) And thou will not be asked about the owners of hell- fire ُ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ح‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ About, concerning ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ (2:284) To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is in the earth. ‫ـ‬ِ‫ل‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ات‬َ‫و‬ Belongs to, for ‫ــ‬ِ‫ل‬ (2:153) O ye who believe! seek help with patient perseverance and prayer; for Allah is with those who patiently persevere. ‫وا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫اس‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٓ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُّ‫ي‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ي‬‫ـ‬ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ِين‬‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ۚ ِ‫ة‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ َّ‫الص‬َ‫و‬ With, by, at, in ‫ــ‬ِ‫ب‬ Notice the noun after the ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ is ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ , i.e. it has a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ at the end
  • 20.
    ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬NominalSentence with ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ Muhammad is in the mosque the mosque in Muhammad ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 20 It is on a table a table on It ٍ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
  • 21.
    ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬DetachedPronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) 3rd Person Masculine Singular He, It َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬ “Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular She, It َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 21 2nd person Masculine Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬ “Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular You ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ 1st person Masc. & Fem. Singular I ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ Plural We ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
  • 22.
    ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬DetachedPronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ Are never attached with any other word Are always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) Are ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative case), even though most of them do not have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (dammah) ending Are fixed in their case, i.e. their ending does not change Fixed nouns in Arabic are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 22 َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ Fixed nouns in Arabic are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬
  • 23.
    The Past TenseVerb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬) Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬) The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬) ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 23 َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
  • 24.
    ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ – Possessed & Possessor Used to convey a “possession” relationship between two nouns Also referred to as ُ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬‫ا‬ َ‫ض‬ِٕ‫الا‬ (Al-Idaafatu) English uses “of” or “ ’s ” for such relationship, e.g. Book of Bilal or Bilal’s book Made up of two parts: Possessed (or possession) – ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Possessor – ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 24 ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) Bilal book Bilal’s book ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ (of) the teacher table The teacher’s table ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Possessed - ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Can take any case ending, as the need be Never takes ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwîn) or ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) Is ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ـر‬ِ‫َـك‬‫ن‬ (indefinite) based on ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Possessor - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ (genitive case) Can take ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwîn) or ‫الـ‬ (the definite article) Can be ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ـر‬ِ‫َـك‬‫ن‬ (indefinite) or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
  • 25.
    ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Definitevs. indefinite ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Different case endings for ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Noun after َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ is always ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Examples of Valid ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ (of) the teacher table The teacher’s table ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 25 ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ (of) the teacher table on On the teacher’s table ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ (of) the teacher table Verily Verily the teacher’s table ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) the student book The student’s book ٍ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) a student book A student’s book ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬
  • 26.
    ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Incorrect vs. Correct ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ٌ‫ن‬‫ِي‬‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 26 ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٍ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ً‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
  • 27.
    ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬More on ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Whose book? (of) who book ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Even though ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , it does not have ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬ (kasrah) ending, because it is ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (indeclinable). Other similar examples: ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ (Whose pen?) ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ٱ‬ (Whose son?) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 27 Mosque of Allah’s Prophet (of) Allah (of the) prophet mosque ‫الل‬ِ‫ه‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Notice two sets of ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ and it is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬.
  • 28.
    ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Examples from Quran - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ (110:1) When comes the help of Allah … َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ (114: 1) Say: I seek refuge in the Lord of mankind ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ِ‫س‬‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ (24:35) Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth ‫لل‬َ‫ا‬ُ‫ه‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ِ‫ات‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ (7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 28 (7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ (48:29) Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ه‬ (6:127) For them is the home of safety ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ا‬‫ل‬َّ‫الس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫د‬ (40:55 & 77) Therefore have patience (O Muhammad). Lo (surely, certainly)! The promise of Allah is true َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫اص‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫و‬ٌّ‫ق‬َ‫ح‬
  • 29.
    ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Nominal Sentences with ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah (of) Allah Messenger Muhammad ِ‫ه‬‫الل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ظ‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ل‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 29 The student’s pen is broken broken (of) the student pen ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
  • 30.
    ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬Feminine: This(ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That ( َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬That is a car (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬) ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 30 ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ is pronounced as ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ but is written without the alif This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
  • 31.
    How to makeFeminine noun from Masculine noun ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ــ‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ــ‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ TeacherFemale teacher Adding a ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ at the end ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ : The closed ta : ‫ة‬ 1 Putting a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ (fathah) on the letter before ‫ة‬2 ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ـب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ـب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ StudentFemale student ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫و‬ FatherMother ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ GazelleFemale Usually nouns which refer to male humans (and animals) and adjectives may be made feminine by this method LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 31 Not all masculine nouns form a feminine counterpart in this way, e.g. ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ز‬َ‫غ‬ GazelleFemale gazelle ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ BigBig (female) ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬ُٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬ُٔ‫ا‬ FatherMother ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ BrotherSister ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ BoyGirl feminine by this method
  • 32.
    Gender of BodyMembers ٌ‫س‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ٌ‫س‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ (head) ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ (nose) ٌ‫د‬َ‫ي‬ (hand) ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye) Double members are usually feminine Single members are usually masculine LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 32 ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ (nose) ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ (face) ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ (mouth) ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye) ٌ‫ن‬ُ‫ذ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ (ear) ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ِج‬‫ر‬ (leg)
  • 33.
    Gender and NominalSentence Gender ofٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ and ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ should be the same ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫اط‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 33 ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫يك‬ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫اج‬َ‫ج‬َ‫د‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ف‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬
  • 34.
    This house This houseis new ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬Substitute - ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ This is new ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The house is new ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ (is) new The house This This house 34 ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ A definite noun (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬) following a demonstrative pronoun (ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬), is called a substitute (ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬). There are other types of substitutes, which we will learn later
  • 35.
    ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Adverb - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Place ( ِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ is a noun that indicates the place or time ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ acts like a ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , so the noun following it is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ can never be aٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ (subject), even if the sentence starts with it َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind) َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (there) ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (here) َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ (over) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ (under) َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind) َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ (in front) ِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Time ( ِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬َ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬ (today) َ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬ (near) َ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬ (between) ً‫ا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬ (tomorrow)ِ‫س‬‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ (yesterday) ً‫ا‬‫يل‬َ‫ل‬ً‫ا‬‫يل‬َ‫ل‬ (night) ً‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ً‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ (morning) ً‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ً‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ (evening)ً‫ا‬‫هر‬ُ‫ظ‬ً‫ا‬‫هر‬ُ‫ظ‬ (noon)
  • 36.
    Examples from Quran- ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ (16:88) Those who disbelieved and averted [others] from the way of Allah - We will increase them in punishment over [their] punishment for what corruption they were causing. ‫ا‬ً‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ْ‫د‬ِ‫ز‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ُّوا‬‫د‬ َ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫َر‬‫ف‬َ‫ك‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ ‫﴿النحل‬ َ‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫د‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫ي‬ ‫ُوا‬‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬:٨٨﴾ (48:18) Allah was pleased with the believers when they swore allegiance to you under the tree and He knew what was in their hearts. Therefore, He sent down tranquility upon them and rewarded them with a victory close by. َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ُ‫ي‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ض‬َ‫ر‬ ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬َّ‫ل‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬َّ‫الش‬ ‫ا‬ً‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ً‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ب‬‫َا‬‫ث‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ة‬َ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬‫و‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬ ‫﴿الفتح‬:١٨﴾ (4:159) And there is none from the People of the Scripture but that he will surely believe in Jesus before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection ۖ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫﴿النساء‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 36 before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection he will be against them a witness. ۖ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫﴿النساء‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾ (18:23-24) And never say of anything, "Indeed, I will do that tomorrow," . Except [when adding], "If Allah wills." And remember your Lord when you forget [it] and say, "Perhaps my Lord will guide me to what is nearer than this to right conduct." َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َٰ‫ذ‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ ‫ِّي‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ء‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬َ‫ل‬‫ُو‬‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ًا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫﴿الكهف‬:٢٣‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ﴾ ِ‫ن‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٰ‫ى‬َ‫س‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ َ‫يت‬ ِ‫َس‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬َّ‫ب‬َّ‫ر‬ ‫ُر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ۚ ُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫اء‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫﴿الكهف‬ ‫ًا‬‫د‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ل‬ ‫ي‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬:٢٤﴾ (2:285) All of them have believed in Allah and His angels and His books and His messengers, [saying], "We make no distinction between any of His messengers." And they say, "We hear and we obey. [We seek] Your forgiveness, our Lord, and to You is the [final] destination." ُ‫ق‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫ف‬ُ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ِ‫ب‬ َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٓ‫ا‬ ٌّ‫ل‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ٍ‫د‬َ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ير‬ِ‫ص‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫غ‬ ۖ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ط‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ‫وا‬ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ ۚ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُّ‫ر‬ ‫﴿البقرة‬:٢٨٥﴾
  • 37.
    ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Adjective - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ Anew house ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ A noun that describes or qualifies another noun is called ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) The noun being described or qualified is called ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ A house ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) In Arabic the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) comes after the ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬. In English, the adjective comes before the noun it qualifies ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ is also called ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬ Adjective = ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ = ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is also called ٌ‫وف‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ Noun Qualified = ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ = ٌ‫وف‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
  • 38.
    ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬Agreements betweenٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ should be in agreement in the following: This is a small boy ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ This is a small girl ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫نت‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Gender 1 The new teacher is in the class ِ‫صل‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ Bilal is a new teacher ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ Indefinite vs.Indefinite vs. definite 2 ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) ِ‫صل‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬definitedefinite I am in a new house ٍ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٍ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫نا‬َٔ‫ا‬ This is a new house ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Case 3 That is a new student ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ Those are new students ٌ‫د‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫ج‬ ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬َ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬Number 4 ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
  • 39.
    ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Nominal Sentencewith ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ The broken chair is in the room ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The sparrow is a small bird ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ ْ‫ص‬ُ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 39 ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ I am in the secondary school ِ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬َ‫ن‬‫َّا‬‫ث‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
  • 40.
    ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬References fromQuran - ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (5:15) Undoubtedly, there has to come to you from Allah light and a luminous Book. َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ‫ُم‬‫ك‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ُّ‫م‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫﴿المائدة‬:١٥﴾ (68:4) And undoubtedly, you possess excellent manners. ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ل‬ َ‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ٍ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ ٍ‫ق‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫خ‬‫﴿القلم‬:٤﴾ (44:17) and an honourable Messenger came to them. ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫م‬‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫﴿الدخان‬:١٧﴾ (1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴿‫الفاتحة‬:٦﴾ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 40 (1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴿‫الفاتحة‬:٦﴾ (45:10) And for them is a great torment. ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬﴿‫الجاثية‬:١٠﴾ (8:274) For them is forgiveness and honourable provision. َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ْ‫غ‬َّ‫م‬ ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ٌ‫م‬‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ز‬ِ‫ر‬‫نفال‬ٔ‫ا‬‫﴿ال‬:٧٤﴾ (61:13) help from Allah and a near victory ‫﴿الصف‬:١٣﴾ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ٌ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ ٌ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬َ‫و‬ۗ◌
  • 41.
    ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Where is theٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬? ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُ‫ل‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ The Arabic is an easy language ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ The Arabic language is easy LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 41 ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
  • 42.
    ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ or not Thisis a new book ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The new book is heavy ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ This book is new ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ This new book is heavy ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ 1 2 4 5 LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 42 ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ The book is new ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬َ‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ Abbas is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫اس‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ 36
  • 43.
    ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬TheRelative Pronoun - ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ is called the relative pronoun (ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬) It is translated as: “Who” – for all rational beings “Which” – for all irrational beings and things It is used for masculine singular. Feminine and plural will come later It is always followed by a description, which is known as ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 43 The man, who left the room, is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ The book, which is on the table, belongs to the teacher ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
  • 44.
    ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ asٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬ The man is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The tall man is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 44 The man, who left the room, is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ول‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬َ‫و‬ ُ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
  • 45.
    The Past TenseVerb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬) Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬) The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬) ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 45 َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
  • 46.
    Anatomy of ThePast Tense Verb Almost all Arabic verbs can be traced back to a three letter verb. The remaining few exceptions are traced to a four letter verb. To understand their structure, the three letter verbs are defined on the pattern of ‫فعل‬ as follows. ‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 46 َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫خ‬ ‫فعل‬‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ (1st radical) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ (2nd radical) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ (3rd radical)
  • 47.
    Anatomy of ThePast Tense Verb ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ Meaning ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ َ‫ب‬ َ‫ه‬ َ‫ذ‬ He went َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ َ‫س‬ َ‫ل‬ َ‫ج‬ He sat َ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫ص‬ َ‫ن‬ He helped َ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 47 In the base form for all 3 letter past tense verbs: ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ and ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬ always have a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ ‫ع‬ can have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬, ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬, or ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫ص‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬ َ‫ع‬ ِ‫م‬ َ‫س‬ He heard َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ َ‫م‬ ُ‫ر‬ َ‫ك‬ He became noble َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬
  • 48.
    Conjugation of PastTense Verb َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ We’ve learnt before that the base form of the verb contains “he” or “it” (َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬) as the doer (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬), so َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ means “He left”. Within the base form, this ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ is considered hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬), i.e., there is no letter in the verb, which explicitly represents the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Since this alif represents “They (2)”, He/it َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ In order to say “They (2) left”, an alif is added at the end LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 48 َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ ++==‫ـ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ـا‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬ Since this alif represents “They (2)”, who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫و‬‫و‬ ++==‫ـ‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ‫ـ‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬This alif is called ِ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫و‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ (alif of protection). It protects the ‫و‬from being mistaken for the conjunction ‫و‬ (and). It is written but not pronounced Notice the original ٌ‫ة‬َ‫تح‬َ‫ف‬ changed to a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ once waw was added. This is done for phonetic convenience as ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ is easier to pronounce than ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ In order to say “They (>2) left”, a waw is added at the end. This waw acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬
  • 49.
    Conjugation of PastTense Verb َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬ْ‫ت‬ ++==ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ The ِ‫يث‬ِ‫ن‬ْٔ‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬ is not a ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬. Instead the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ is considered hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬َ‫م‬) in this form and is implied as “She/It (f)” ( َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬) َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬She/It (f) َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ Since this alif represents “They (2)”, In order to say “She left”, the base form of the verb is feminized by adding a ta of feminizing ( ِ‫يث‬ِ‫ن‬ْٔ‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬) In order to say “They (2, f) left”, an alif is added at the end of the feminized form LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 49 ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬‫ا‬ ++==‫ـ‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ـا‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬ Since this alif represents “They (2)”, who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ They (2,f) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ ++==ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ Since this َ‫ن‬ represents “They (>2,f)”, who did the action, it acts as the ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ They (>2,f) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ Notice the ٌ‫ة‬َ‫تح‬َ‫ف‬ on the 3rd radical changes to a ٌ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫س‬ in this case. For the complete conjugation of past tense verb for all 14 pronouns, please see the next page In order to say “They (>2, f) left”, a َ‫ن‬is added to the end
  • 50.
    Conjugation of ThePast Tense Verb ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix He left َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He They (2) left َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) They (>2) left ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) She left ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ت‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She They (2) left َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) They (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2,f) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 50 They (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2,f) You left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You You (2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2) You (>2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2) You left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You You (2) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2) You (>2,f) left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2,f) I left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ I We left ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
  • 51.
    Conjugation of ThePast Tense Verb Examples ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) ُ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ْ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ت‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫ا‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬ ْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 51 ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ I ْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
  • 52.
    Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) Muhammad’s book. ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ His book ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ His book ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Your book َ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your book َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫ه‬ and َ‫ك‬ are attached pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) + LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 52 Your book َ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬), when attached to a noun, is always ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and the noun it is attached to is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ The attached pronoun in this case is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ +
  • 53.
    Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) From Muhammad ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ Him From ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ From him ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ Them From ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ From them ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ه‬ and ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ are attached pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) + LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 53 Them From ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬), when attached to a ٍّ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ (preposition), is always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ +
  • 54.
    Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) 3rd Person Masculine Singular He, It ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬ “Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular She, It ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (Detached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (Attached Pronoun) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 54 َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ 2nd person Masculine Singular You َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬ “Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular You ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ 1st person Masc. & Fem. Singular I ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ Plural We ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
  • 55.
    Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ Always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed) Always ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative) ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ Always ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed) Always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ (genitive) or ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬ (accusative) LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 55 َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬ Can be attached to a noun, verb or a particle This ‫ي‬ is called ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ (ya-ul mutakallim) – Ya of the first person
  • 56.
    Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ His ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 mas.) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Her ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 fem) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ The ُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬‫ال‬ changes to a ُ‫ة‬َ‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬‫ال‬ when it is followed by an attached pronoun. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 56 َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 mas.) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (fem) ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 fem) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ My ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Our ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ The last letter of the ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ gets a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ when attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬. A ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ on the last letter would have made the pronunciation difficult.
  • 57.
    Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) with Special Nouns ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ Notice the extra ‫و‬ between ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. By same token “Muhammad’s father” will be ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ are 2 of the 5 special nouns, which take this extra ‫و‬. Will learn the other later. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 57 ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ك‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ا‬ ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ Will learn the other later. The rule for extra ‫و‬ does not apply when these nouns are followed by ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬
  • 58.
    ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ The ‫ورة‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ق‬َ‫م‬ ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬ at the end of ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ changes to a ‫ي‬ (ya) when it is followed by an attached pronoun. Also notice the change from ُ‫ه‬ to ِ‫ه‬ for the attached pronoun. Same is true for ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 58 َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ َّ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ = ْ‫ي‬ + ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
  • 59.
    ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬ ِ‫ل‬ ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ The preposition ِ‫ل‬ gets a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ when it is followed by an attached pronoun, with one exception; see below. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 59 َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ The preposition ِ‫ل‬ retains its ٌ‫ة‬َ‫َسر‬‫ك‬ when it is attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬
  • 60.
    ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬Past Tense Verb Suffix vs. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ vs. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ Past Tense Verb Suffix ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 60 َ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ت‬ َ‫ك‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫ي‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
  • 61.
    ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬Early Predicate and Late Subject ( ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬) The man is in the house ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ A man is in the house ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬ ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ A ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase), e.g. ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ (prepositional phrase) or ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ (adverbial ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 61 ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬ ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ phrase) can never beٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ (subject), even though a sentence may begin with it. ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ A garden is in front of the masjid ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ ِ‫د‬ ِ‫سج‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،
  • 62.
    ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬Plural ( ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬) ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬Pluralٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ ِ‫كس‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬Broken Plural ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ ِ‫كس‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬Sound Plural ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Sound Masculine Plural Sound Feminine Plural The singular word is broken to create the plural, e.g. ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ -> ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ The singular word stays intact in the plural, e.g. ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ -> َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 62 ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Sound Masculine Plural ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Sound Feminine Plural ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ -> ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ ٌ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ -> ٌ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬. Broken plurals have many patterns, as explained later.Has an ûna ( َ‫ن‬‫و‬) ending, e.g. ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ -> َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ Has an âtun ( ٌ‫ات‬) ending, e.g. ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ -> ٌ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ Some nouns have multiple plural forms, e.g., ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ has two plural forms 1) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ and 2) ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬
  • 63.
    ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ Patterns of BrokenPlural ٌ‫م‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ُج‬‫ن‬ٌ‫م‬ْ‫َج‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ي‬ُ‫ش‬ٌ‫خ‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ش‬ ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 63 ‫فعل‬Key: ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ج‬ٌ‫ل‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ج‬ُ‫ت‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫اب‬َّ‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬
  • 64.
    ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ Patterns of BrokenPlural ٌ‫د‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌّ‫م‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫د‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ َ‫ص‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ب‬ِ‫ط‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ب‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ب‬ْ‫ط‬َٔ‫ا‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ز‬ 64 ‫فعل‬Key: ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫خ‬ِٕ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ت‬ِ‫ف‬‫ى‬ً‫ت‬‫ـ‬َ‫ف‬ ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ز‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫َر‬‫ق‬ُ‫ف‬ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ف‬ We will learn more patterns later Diptote ( ِ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬)
  • 65.
    Plural Demonstrative Pronouns ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬This‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬These ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬ Singular Plural ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬This (f) ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ Singular ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ This is a teacher ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ This is a female teacher َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬ These are teachers ٌ‫ات‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬ These are female teachers LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 65 These plurals are for rational beings. For irrational things, we will learn the rules later, insha Allah َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬That َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ٰ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬Those َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ٰ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬ Singular Plural َ‫لك‬ِ‫ت‬That (f) َ‫لك‬ِ‫ت‬ Singular ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫لك‬ِ‫ت‬ That is a female student ٌ‫ات‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ٰ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬ Those are female students ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ That is a student ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬‫ـ‬ُ‫ط‬ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ٰ‫ل‬‫و‬ُٔ‫ا‬ Those are students
  • 66.
    ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ for ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ The teacher’s new book ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ The new teacher’s book ِ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ always come together, so the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ for either one of them LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 66 ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ always come together, so the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ for either one of them must come after ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ The case ending of the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ tells us if it is for ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ or ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Note the ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ is definite if its ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ is definite, so its ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ must also be
  • 67.
    Singular ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬Treatmentof ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ vs. ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬ Plurals ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ Singular َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ء‬‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ُ‫ؤ‬َ‫ه‬ Plural Plural Singular This is a teacherThese are teachers ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬‫ُـ‬‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ This is a bookThese are books Plural Both the subject and predicate are plural The plural of an irrational noun is treated like a feminine singular. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 67 ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ Singular ٌ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬‫ُـ‬‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ Feminine Singular Singular ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ Singular ٌ‫ات‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ Feminine Singular Singular This is a watchThese are watches The treatment of a plural irrational noun as feminine singular is regardless of the gender of the singular form. In the above example, ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬, the singular form, is masculine but its plural form is treated as a feminine singular. In the next example, ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ is feminine, and its plural form is also treated as feminine singular. Plural (ir) Plural (ir) Plural (ir) Plural of irrational noun = Feminine Singular That is why the demonstrative pronoun used in this example is feminine singular.
  • 68.
    Singular ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬More Examplesof ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬ Plurals ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬ The pen is newThe pens are new Plural ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ Singular َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ٌ‫د‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫ج‬ Plural Plural Singular The teacher is newThe teachers are new LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 68 ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ Singular ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬ Feminine Singular Singular ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ Singular ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ات‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬ Singular The car is newThe cars are new Plural (ir) Feminine Singular Plural (ir) Plural (ir) Plural of irrational noun = Feminine Singular
  • 69.
    Singular ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬Even MoreExamples of ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬ Plurals ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ف‬َّ‫د‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬َّ‫د‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ Where is the new notebook? It is on the desk.Where are the new notebooks? They are on the desk. Plural ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ Singular ‫؟‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫د‬ُ‫الج‬ َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ Plural Plural Singular Where is the new teacher? He is in the class.Where are the new teachers? They are in the class. SingularPlural LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 69 ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ف‬َّ‫د‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ Singular ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬‫ا‬َ‫ف‬َّ‫د‬‫ال‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ Feminine Singular Singular ُ‫ير‬َ‫غ‬ ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ُ؟‬‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ Singular ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ُ؟‬‫ة‬َ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ُ‫ات‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫ين‬َٔ‫ا‬ Singular Where is the new watch? It is on the desk.Where are the new watches? They are on the table. Plural (ir) Feminine Singular Plural (ir) Plural (ir) Plural of irrational noun = Feminine Singular SingularFeminine Singular Feminine Singular Singular
  • 70.
    ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬References fromthe Holy Qur’an for ٍ‫ل‬ِ‫ق‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬ Plurals But give glad tidings to those who believe and work righteousness, that their portion is Gardens, beneath which rivers flow (2:25) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ت‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ح‬ِ‫ل‬ٰ‫ـ‬ َّ‫ٱلص‬ ۟‫ا‬‫و‬ُ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫و‬ ۟‫ا‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ء‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬ ِ‫ر‬ِّ‫ش‬َ‫ب‬َ‫و‬ٍۢ‫ت‬ٰ‫ـ‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ج‬‫ِى‬‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫ت‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫ر‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬...‫﴿البقرة‬:٢٥﴾ … Those are Limits (set by) Allah: Approach not nigh thereto … (2:187) ...ُ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬ُ‫ح‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ف‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬...‫﴿البقرة‬:١٨٧﴾ … And enter houses from their doors … (2:189) ...‫وا‬ُ‫ت‬ْٔ‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫وت‬ُ‫ي‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬...﴿‫البقرة‬:١٨٩﴾ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 70 (2:189) Alif, Lam, Ra. These are the verses of the clear Book. (12:1) ۚ ‫الر‬ُ‫ات‬َ‫ي‬ٓ‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ِ‫ين‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫﴿يوسف‬:١﴾ Behold! he said to his father and his people, "What are these images, to which ye are (so assiduously) devoted?” (21:52) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ق‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫ل‬ َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫ث‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫ف‬ِ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ‫نبياء‬ٔ‫ا‬‫﴿ال‬:٥٢﴾ And these examples We present to the people that perhaps they will give thought. (59:21) َ‫و‬ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ث‬ْ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬ ْ‫َض‬‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ف‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ي‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ل‬ ِ‫س‬‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬﴿‫الحشر‬:٢١﴾
  • 71.
    ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬Numbers - ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬َ‫و‬ ١ ِ‫ٱ‬ِ‫ان‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ث‬ ٢ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ث‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ث‬ ٣ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٤ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫خ‬ ٥ ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫ت‬ ِ‫س‬ Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬‫ع‬َٔ‫ا‬ singular: ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬) in Arabic are fully declinable nouns The noun being counted with a number is called ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ The rules for the ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬ and the ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ change after every few numbers LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 71 ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫ت‬ ِ‫س‬ ٦ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ٧ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫ث‬ ٨ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ ٩ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ع‬ ١٠
  • 72.
    Rules for Numbers1 to 10 ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ث‬ِ‫ا‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫ت‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ث‬ِ‫ا‬ ِ‫ان‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ُٔ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ث‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ث‬ ُ‫َاث‬‫ل‬َ‫ث‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ Both 1 and 2 follow the noun as adjective, so the ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬ and the ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ follow all the rules of ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬. Numbers 1 - 2 Number ( ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬) Numbers 3 - 10 ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 72 ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َٔ‫ا‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫خ‬ ُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫خ‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ت‬ ِ‫س‬ ُّ‫ت‬ ِ‫س‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫ث‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫ث‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ ُ‫ع‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ت‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬ٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ع‬ ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ش‬َ‫ع‬ٍ‫ات‬َ‫و‬َ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ • Comes before the ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ • Is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ (hence no tanwin or ‫ال‬) Noun being counted ( ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬) • Is ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ (hence ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬) • Is ٌ‫ع‬‫م‬َ‫ج‬ The gender of ٌ‫د‬َ‫د‬َ‫ع‬ and ٌ‫د‬‫ُو‬‫د‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ is opposite
  • 73.
    Case Endings forSingular, Dual and Sound Plural ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫الج‬( ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫صب‬َ‫ن‬‫ال‬( ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫فع‬َ‫الر‬( ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫الج‬( ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬َ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫صب‬َ‫ن‬‫ال‬( ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫فع‬َ‫الر‬( ٌ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬( ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬( ً‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫َتح‬‫ف‬‫ال‬( ً‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫َتح‬‫ف‬‫ال‬( ٍ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬( ٍ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬( ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬( ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬( ً‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫َتح‬‫ف‬‫ال‬( ً‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫َتح‬‫ف‬‫ال‬( ٍ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬( ٍ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬( َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 73 ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬‫م‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ )ٌ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬( َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬ )ٌ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬()ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ )ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬()ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ )ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬()ٌ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬( َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ا‬ِ‫ن‬ )ٌ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َٔ‫ا‬()ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ )ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬()ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( َ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ )ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫ن‬ )ْ‫او‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬( ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫ن‬ )ْ‫او‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬( ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬َ‫ن‬ )ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬َ‫ن‬ )ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬َ‫ن‬ )ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬َ‫ن‬ )ُ‫اء‬َ‫الي‬( ٌ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬( ٌ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َّ‫الض‬( ٍ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬( ٍ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬( ٍ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬( ٍ‫ات‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ )ُ‫ة‬َ‫سر‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬(
  • 74.
    “My Class” -Grammatical Analysis (Book 1, Ch. 21) my school this ِ‫ت‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ the masjid from near it ِ‫د‬ ِ‫سج‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ big school it ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫د‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬ doors three it has ٍ‫اب‬َ‫و‬‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ث‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ث‬ َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 74 now open it’s doors ٓ‫ا‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫رف‬َ‫ظ‬ many classes the school in ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫ث‬َ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ُ‫ف‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬، ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬ our class this ُ‫ل‬‫ص‬َ‫ف‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ spacious class it and ٌ‫ع‬ ِ‫اس‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ص‬َ‫ف‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫و‬ ُ‫رف‬َ‫ح‬ ٍ‫طف‬َ‫ع‬ ٌٔ‫ا‬َ‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬
  • 75.
    ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬The Diptote – ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ The teacher’s name is Muhammad ِ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫بر‬ِٕ‫ا‬ The principal’s name is Ibrahim Triptoteِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬Diptote – ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ No tanwîn Tanwîn ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫بر‬ِٕ‫ا‬ 11 LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 75 ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ I went to Muhammad ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫بر‬ِٕ‫ا‬ I went to Ibrahim Majrûr case is represented with kasrahMajrûr case is represented with fathah22 Nouns which meet these two conditions are called Diptotes. E.g., ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫بر‬ِٕ‫ا‬is a diptote. There are exceptions to this rule, which we will learn later, ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ َ‫اء‬َ‫ش‬ ْ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬
  • 76.
    ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬The Diptote – ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ Following groups of nouns are diptotes # Group Examples 1 Feminine proper nouns ، ُ‫ب‬َ‫ن‬‫ي‬َ‫ز‬ُ‫م‬ُّ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ج‬ ،ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫ة‬َ‫يج‬ِ‫د‬َ‫خ‬ 2 Masculine proper nouns ending with ta marbûtah (‫ة‬) ،ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ُٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ط‬ ،ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ 3 Masculine proper nouns ending in ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬ َ‫ض‬َ‫م‬َ‫ر‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ث‬ُ‫ع‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ 4 Adjectives on the pattern of ُ‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬ ،ُ‫ن‬ٓ‫ا‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ع‬ ،ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ ْ‫ض‬َ‫غ‬ 5 ُ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫غ‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ك‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫د‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 76 5 Masculine proper nouns on the pattern of ُ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫ر‬َ‫غ‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ك‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫د‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ 6 Adjectives on the pattern of ُ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫د‬َ‫و‬ْ‫س‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ض‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ب‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َٔ‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ َ‫ض‬ْ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬ 7 Non-Arabic proper nouns ،ُ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫و‬ ،ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ِٕ‫ا‬ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ِ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ ،ُ‫د‬‫َا‬‫د‬ْ‫غ‬َ‫ب‬ 8 Broken plurals on the following pattern: a. ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َٔ‫ا‬ b. ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ c. ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫َا‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬ d. ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫َاع‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫اء‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫د‬ ْ‫ص‬َٔ‫ا‬ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ق‬َٔ‫ا‬ ،ُ‫اء‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫غ‬َٔ‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ز‬ُ‫و‬ ،ُ‫اء‬َ‫َر‬‫ق‬ُ‫ف‬ ،ُ‫َاء‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ز‬ ُ‫ق‬ِ‫ئ‬‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ح‬ ،ُ‫ه‬ِ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ ، ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ت‬‫ا‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫ِس‬‫ر‬‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫د‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ن‬َ‫ف‬ ،ُ‫يح‬ِ‫ت‬‫َا‬‫ف‬َ‫م‬ ،ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
  • 77.
    ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬References from the Holy Qur’an for ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ And [mention] when Abraham was raising the foundations of the House and [with him] Ishmael, [saying], "Our Lord, accept [this] from us. Indeed You are the Hearing, the Knowing. (2:127) ُ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ي‬ ْ‫ذ‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ِٕ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫د‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِٕ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ َ‫نت‬َٔ‫ا‬ َ‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ۖ ‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬﴿‫البقرة‬:١٢٧﴾ We said, 'O fire, be coolness and safety for Abraham!' (21:69) ‫ا‬ً‫م‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫س‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ً‫د‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫ك‬ ُ‫ر‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ِٕ‫ا‬﴿‫نبياء‬ٔ‫ا‬‫ال‬:٦٩﴾ Said Pharaoh, "And what is the Lord of the َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬‫﴿الشعراء‬:٢٣﴾ LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 77 Said Pharaoh, "And what is the Lord of the worlds?“ (26:23) َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬‫﴿الشعراء‬:٢٣﴾ Go to Pharaoh. Indeed, he has transgressed." (20:24) ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ذ‬‫ا‬ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ٰ‫ى‬َ‫غ‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ن‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫﴿طه‬:٢٤﴾ This is Hell, which the criminals deny. (55:43) ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ُ‫م‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ب‬ِّ‫ذ‬َ‫ك‬ُ‫ي‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫﴿الرحمن‬:٤٣﴾ And will drive the criminals to Hell in thirst (19:86) َ‫ين‬ِ‫ِم‬‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ق‬‫و‬ُ‫َس‬‫ن‬َ‫و‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ج‬ ٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬‫ا‬ً‫د‬ْ‫ر‬ِ‫و‬‫﴿مريم‬:٨٦﴾
  • 78.
    ِ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬Types ofKhabar (ِ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬‫ن‬َٔ‫ا‬) A ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ can be one of the following:A ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ can be one of the following: One word ٌ‫د‬َ‫فر‬ُ‫م‬ A phrase ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ Prepositional Phrase ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫رف‬َ‫ظ‬ Adverbial Phrase A sentence ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ٱس‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ Nominal Sentence ٌ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ي‬‫ـ‬ِ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ Verbal Sentence 1 3 2a 2b 3a 3b 2 ٌ‫د‬َ‫فر‬ُ‫م‬ One word 1 ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬َ‫ح‬ٌ‫يب‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫ه‬‫و‬ُ‫خ‬َٔ‫ا‬. ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ِ‫َصل‬‫ف‬‫ال‬ َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬.ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬َ‫حت‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬.ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬.ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬. LQ Mississauga – Madinah Book 1 Notes (v. 8) 78 In a nominal sentence, a ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ will always be a ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬, even though the sentence may begin with it. For example: 1) ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬. 2) َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬. The term ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ is applied only when it comes as a ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ in a nominal sentence. If this kind of phrase comes in a verbal sentence, it is NOT called ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬. It is only called ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ or ٌ‫رف‬َ‫ظ‬. For example: 1) ِ‫د‬ ِ‫سج‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬. 2) ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬َّ‫الش‬ َ‫حت‬َ‫ت‬ ُ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ َ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬. ُ‫ب‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ز‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ف‬ِ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬. ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬َ‫ح‬ِّ‫ي‬ِ‫رس‬ُ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬‫ع‬ َ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬. ُ‫ة‬‫ـ‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫ٓم‬‫ا‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِٕ‫ا‬ ْ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬. ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬is always ٌ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ف‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬can be indefinite or definite, but mostly it is indefinite. ُ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِٕ‫الا‬ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬. ُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫الس‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬َٔ‫ا‬ِ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬. ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬َ‫د‬‫ن‬ِ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬. ُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫اط‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫س‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬َ‫د‬‫ن‬ِ‫ع‬. ُ‫د‬ْ‫م‬َ‫الح‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ِ‫ه‬. ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬. ُ‫ن‬ٓ‫ا‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ق‬‫ال‬ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫الل‬ِ‫ه‬. A ٍ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ج‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ب‬ِ‫ش‬ (phrase) is either ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ (prepositional phrase) or ٌ‫رف‬َ‫ظ‬ (adverbial phrase)